1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
4 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
33 #include "blockinput.h"
35 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
36 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
37 #include "syssignal.h"
39 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
40 if this is not done before the other system files. */
42 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
44 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
45 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
47 #include <sys/types.h>
50 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
51 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
52 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H) */
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
84 #include "xsettings.h"
86 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
108 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
110 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
111 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
113 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
115 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
116 #if defined USE_MOTIF
117 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
118 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
119 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
123 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
124 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
125 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
126 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
127 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
128 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
130 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
131 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
132 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
133 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
135 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
139 #ifndef XtNinitialState
140 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
144 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
148 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
153 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
155 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
157 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
160 static int any_help_event_p
;
162 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
163 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
165 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
167 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
169 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
171 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
173 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
176 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
178 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
179 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
180 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
181 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
183 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
185 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
186 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
187 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
188 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
190 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
192 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
194 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
196 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
201 } pending_event_wait
;
204 /* The application context for Xt use. */
205 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
206 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
207 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
209 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
211 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
213 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
214 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
216 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
218 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
219 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
220 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
222 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
226 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
227 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
228 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
229 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
231 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
233 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
234 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
235 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
236 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
237 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
238 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
239 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
240 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
241 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
244 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
246 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
247 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
248 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
250 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
252 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
253 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
256 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
257 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
260 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
262 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
263 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
264 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
265 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
266 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
267 it's somewhat accurate. */
269 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
271 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
273 static Time last_user_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
290 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
291 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
292 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
294 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
295 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
298 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
299 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
301 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
302 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
305 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
306 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
308 /* Used in x_flush. */
310 extern XrmDatabase
x_load_resources (Display
*, const char *, const char *,
312 extern int x_bitmap_mask (FRAME_PTR
, int);
314 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
315 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
316 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
317 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
319 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
320 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
321 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
322 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
323 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
324 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
325 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
326 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
327 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
329 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
330 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
331 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
332 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
333 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
334 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
335 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
336 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
337 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
338 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
340 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
341 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
342 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
343 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
344 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
345 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
346 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
347 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
348 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
350 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
351 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
352 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
353 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
354 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
355 int *, struct input_event
*);
356 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
357 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
358 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
361 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
364 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
366 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
367 connection may be broken. */
368 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
374 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
375 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
376 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
377 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
379 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
380 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
385 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
386 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
387 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
388 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
389 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
392 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
395 /***********************************************************************
397 ***********************************************************************/
401 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
402 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
410 struct record event_record
[100];
412 int event_record_index
;
414 record_event (locus
, type
)
418 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
419 event_record_index
= 0;
421 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
422 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
423 event_record_index
++;
430 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
432 struct x_display_info
*
433 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
435 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
437 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
438 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
444 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
447 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
449 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
450 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
451 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
453 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
456 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
457 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
458 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
459 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
461 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
466 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
467 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
468 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
469 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
473 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
475 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
478 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
480 /* return unless necessary */
485 unsigned long n
, left
;
487 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
488 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
489 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
490 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
493 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
494 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
496 XFree ((void *) data
);
501 XFree ((void *) data
);
505 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
506 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
507 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
508 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
513 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
515 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
519 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
521 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
525 /***********************************************************************
526 Starting and ending an update
527 ***********************************************************************/
529 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
530 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
531 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
532 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
533 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
536 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
542 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
543 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
547 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
550 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
553 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
557 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
559 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
560 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
562 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
564 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
565 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
572 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
575 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
577 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
580 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
582 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
585 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
586 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
589 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
591 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
592 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
594 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
595 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
596 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
598 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
599 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
603 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
605 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
607 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
612 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
614 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
616 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
617 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
622 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
623 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
624 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
626 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
627 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
628 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
631 updated_window
= NULL
;
635 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
639 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
641 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
642 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
646 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
652 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
653 complete update has been performed. The global variable
654 updated_window is not available here. */
657 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
661 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
663 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
664 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
667 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
668 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
669 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
670 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
671 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
678 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
679 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
680 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
681 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
682 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
683 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
686 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
688 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
694 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
695 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
697 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
698 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
699 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
700 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
701 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
702 overhead is very small. */
703 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
704 && desired_row
->full_width_p
705 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
706 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
708 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
711 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
714 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
715 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
716 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
717 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
718 y
, width
, height
, False
);
724 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
726 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
727 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
728 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
729 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
730 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
732 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
733 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
737 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
739 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
740 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
741 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
742 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
744 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
746 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
748 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
749 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
750 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
751 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
752 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
753 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
754 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
755 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
757 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
761 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
762 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
763 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
767 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
768 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
769 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
770 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
774 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
776 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
777 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
779 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
784 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
786 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
787 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
789 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
790 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
795 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
796 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
799 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
805 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
806 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
810 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
812 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
814 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
816 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
818 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
819 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
821 face
->background
, depth
);
825 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
826 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
829 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
830 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
831 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
832 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
835 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
836 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
837 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
841 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
842 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
843 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
847 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
852 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
853 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
854 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
858 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
862 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
863 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
866 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
871 /***********************************************************************
873 ***********************************************************************/
877 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
878 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
889 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
890 unsigned long *, double, int);
891 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
892 double, int, unsigned long);
893 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
898 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
900 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
901 int, int, int, int, int, int,
903 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
904 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
907 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
911 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
915 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
917 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
918 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
919 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
921 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
924 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
928 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
931 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
932 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
933 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
934 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
935 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
936 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
937 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
939 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
940 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
941 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
943 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
944 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
947 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
949 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
951 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
952 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
955 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
956 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
958 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
963 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
966 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
971 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
972 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
973 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
975 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
977 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
978 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
980 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
981 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
982 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
984 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
988 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
993 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
994 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
995 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
996 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
999 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1002 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1003 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1005 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1008 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1012 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1013 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1014 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1017 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1023 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1024 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1028 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1030 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1032 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1034 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1035 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1037 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1039 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1040 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1042 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1044 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1047 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1049 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1050 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1052 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1053 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1055 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1060 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1061 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1064 /* GC must have been set. */
1065 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1069 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1070 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1073 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1075 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1076 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1079 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1084 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1085 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1089 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1094 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1096 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1099 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1104 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1107 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1110 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1111 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1113 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1115 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1117 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1118 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1121 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1122 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1123 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1127 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1129 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1131 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1132 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1133 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1137 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1138 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1143 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1146 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1149 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1150 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1151 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1152 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1156 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1157 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1158 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1159 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1160 contains the first component of a composition. */
1163 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1165 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1166 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1167 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1169 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1173 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1174 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1175 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1176 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1177 s
->background_width
,
1178 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1179 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1180 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1182 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1183 || s
->font_not_found_p
1184 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1187 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1188 s
->background_width
,
1189 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1190 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1196 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1199 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1203 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1204 of S to the right of that box line. */
1205 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1206 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1207 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1211 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1213 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1215 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1217 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1218 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1219 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1221 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1226 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1227 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1230 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1231 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1233 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1235 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1239 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1244 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1247 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1250 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1253 of S to the right of that box line. */
1254 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1256 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1260 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1261 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1262 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1263 this composition. */
1265 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1266 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1267 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1269 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1271 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1273 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1277 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1278 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1280 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1281 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1283 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1284 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1285 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1290 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1295 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1297 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1298 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1299 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1302 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1306 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1307 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1311 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1312 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1313 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1314 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1315 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1324 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1325 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1326 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1332 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1335 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1337 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1341 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1342 of S to the right of that box line. */
1343 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1344 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1345 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1351 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1353 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1354 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1356 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1359 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1360 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1364 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1365 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1366 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1367 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1368 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1369 str
= (char *) SDATA (acronym
);
1372 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1374 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1375 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1376 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1382 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1385 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1386 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1388 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1389 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1391 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1392 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1393 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1395 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1396 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1397 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1400 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1401 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1402 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1403 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1404 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1405 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1409 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1411 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1412 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1413 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1414 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1415 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1418 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1419 cannot be determined. */
1421 static struct frame
*
1422 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1424 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1428 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1430 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1431 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1432 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1433 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1434 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1435 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1437 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1438 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1439 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1440 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1441 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1443 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1444 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1445 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1452 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1453 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1454 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1455 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1458 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1460 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1461 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1465 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1466 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1467 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1468 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1469 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1470 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1473 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1474 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1476 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1477 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1481 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1482 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1484 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1486 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1488 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1493 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1494 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1496 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1499 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1501 DPY is the display we are working on.
1503 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1504 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1505 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1506 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1508 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1509 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1511 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1512 we allocated the color or not.
1514 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1517 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1518 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1519 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1529 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1530 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1532 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1536 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1537 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1538 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1540 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1542 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1543 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1545 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1547 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1548 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1550 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1551 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1553 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1554 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1559 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1561 params
[0] = color_name
;
1562 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1563 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1564 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1569 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1571 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1573 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1577 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1581 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1582 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1585 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1590 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1591 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1592 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1594 APP is the application context in which we work.
1596 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1597 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1598 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1600 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1603 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1608 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1610 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1613 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1615 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1616 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1617 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1618 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1619 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1624 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1627 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1628 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1629 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1630 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1632 static const XColor
*
1633 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1635 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1637 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1639 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1642 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1643 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1645 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1646 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1648 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1649 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1651 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1652 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1655 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1656 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1660 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1661 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1664 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1666 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1668 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1673 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1674 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1675 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1676 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1680 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1684 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1685 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1688 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1690 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1694 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1695 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1696 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1700 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1772 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1773 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1777 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1778 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1779 get color reference counts right. */
1782 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1786 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1788 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1789 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1791 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1792 register_color (pixel
);
1798 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1799 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1800 get color reference counts right. */
1803 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1807 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1809 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1810 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1812 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1813 register_color (pixel
);
1819 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1822 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1823 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1824 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1825 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1826 use an additional additive factor.
1828 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1829 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1830 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1833 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1834 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1835 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1836 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1837 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1838 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1841 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1847 /* Get RGB color values. */
1848 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1849 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1851 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1852 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1853 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1854 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1855 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1857 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1858 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1860 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1861 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1862 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1863 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1864 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1866 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1867 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1868 /* The additive adjustment. */
1869 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1873 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1874 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1875 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1879 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1880 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1881 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1885 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1886 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1889 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1891 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1892 delta to the RGB values. */
1893 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1895 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1896 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1897 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1898 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1909 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1910 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1911 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1912 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1913 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1914 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1917 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1920 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1921 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1922 unsigned long pixel
;
1923 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1924 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1925 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1926 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1928 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1929 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1931 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1932 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1933 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1935 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1937 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1938 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1941 /* Allocate new color. */
1942 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1944 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1945 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1947 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1948 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1951 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1953 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1955 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1958 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1962 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1965 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1967 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1968 unsigned long color
;
1970 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1971 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1972 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1974 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1975 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1980 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1981 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1982 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1985 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1986 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1988 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1989 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1990 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1991 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1992 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1997 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1998 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1999 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2000 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2001 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2002 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2006 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2007 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2008 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2009 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2011 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2012 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2017 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2019 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2020 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2022 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2023 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2024 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2031 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2032 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2033 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2035 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2036 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2037 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2038 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2045 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2047 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2048 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2050 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2055 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2057 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2060 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2064 /* Outermost top line. */
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2068 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2070 /* Outermost left line. */
2072 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2078 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2079 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2080 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2081 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2082 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2083 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2084 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2090 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2091 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2092 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2093 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2094 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2097 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2101 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2102 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2103 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2104 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2105 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2106 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2109 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2110 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2111 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2115 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2116 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2117 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2120 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2121 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2125 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2126 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2129 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2130 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2134 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2135 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2137 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2138 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2142 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2145 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2147 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2148 int left_p
, right_p
;
2149 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2150 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2152 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2153 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2154 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2156 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2157 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2159 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2161 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2162 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2164 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2166 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2168 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2170 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2171 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2173 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2174 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2175 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2177 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2179 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2181 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2182 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2183 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2186 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2187 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2188 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2193 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2196 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2199 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2201 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2202 right of that line. */
2203 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2204 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2206 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2208 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2210 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2211 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2212 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2213 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2219 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2220 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2221 trust on the shape extension to be available
2222 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2224 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2227 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2229 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2230 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2231 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2232 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2233 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2235 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2238 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2239 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2240 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2241 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2242 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2243 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2247 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2249 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2252 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2253 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2254 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2255 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2256 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2257 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2259 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2260 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2261 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2262 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2263 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2264 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2265 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2267 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2269 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2271 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2272 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2277 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2279 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2283 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2286 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2288 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2291 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2293 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2294 right of that line. */
2295 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2296 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2298 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2300 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2302 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2303 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2304 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2305 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2307 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2308 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2310 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2311 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2315 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2316 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2319 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2320 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2322 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2323 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2324 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2325 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2327 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2328 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2329 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2331 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2333 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2338 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2341 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2344 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2347 right of that line. */
2348 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2349 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2351 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2353 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2355 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2356 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2357 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2358 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2364 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2365 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2366 trust on the shape extension to be available
2367 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2369 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2373 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2374 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2375 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2376 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2377 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2379 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2380 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2381 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2382 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2386 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2387 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2390 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2391 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2392 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2393 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2394 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2395 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2396 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2398 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2400 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2402 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2407 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2408 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2409 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2413 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2414 give the rectangle to draw. */
2417 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2421 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2422 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2423 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2424 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2427 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2431 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2434 s->x +-------------------------
2437 | +-------------------------
2440 | | +-------------------
2446 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2448 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2449 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2451 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2454 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2455 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2456 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2457 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2459 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2460 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2462 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2463 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2467 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2468 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2472 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2473 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2474 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2475 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2476 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2478 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2479 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2480 s
->background_width
,
2483 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2485 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2487 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2490 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2491 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2492 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2493 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2494 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2495 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2496 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2501 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2503 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2504 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2505 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2506 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2514 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2516 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2518 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2519 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2521 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2524 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2527 /* Draw the foreground. */
2530 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2531 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2532 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2533 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2534 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2537 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2539 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2541 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2542 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2543 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2547 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2550 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2552 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2554 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2555 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2557 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2558 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2559 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2562 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2564 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2568 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2574 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2576 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2578 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2579 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2580 x
+= background_width
;
2582 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2583 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2587 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2589 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2590 if (width
< background_width
)
2593 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2597 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2601 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2602 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2604 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2610 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2611 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2613 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2615 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2616 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2617 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2618 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2623 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2624 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2625 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2626 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2630 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2632 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2633 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2635 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2636 except for header line and mode line. */
2637 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2639 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2642 if (background_width
> 0)
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2646 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2650 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2653 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2655 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2657 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2658 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2659 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2660 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2663 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2665 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2666 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2667 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2668 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2670 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2672 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2673 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2675 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2676 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2680 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2681 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2683 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2684 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2685 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2686 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2687 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2688 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2691 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2692 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2693 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2694 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2697 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2699 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2700 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2701 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2702 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2703 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2704 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2706 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2708 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2711 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2715 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2719 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2720 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2722 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2723 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2726 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2727 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2728 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2729 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2731 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2732 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2735 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2736 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2737 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2739 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2740 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2747 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2749 /* Draw underline. */
2750 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2752 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2755 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2757 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2758 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2759 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2763 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2764 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2765 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2768 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2769 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2772 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2773 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2774 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2775 specs, and its default is
2777 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2778 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2780 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2781 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2782 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2784 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2786 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2788 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2790 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2791 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2792 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2793 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2794 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2795 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2796 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2797 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2798 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2799 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2801 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2808 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw overline. */
2814 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2816 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2818 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2819 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2824 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2825 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2826 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2828 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2832 /* Draw strike-through. */
2833 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2835 unsigned long h
= 1;
2836 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2838 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2839 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2844 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2845 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2846 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2848 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2852 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2853 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2854 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2858 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2860 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2861 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2862 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2864 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2865 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2866 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2869 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2870 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2871 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2872 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2874 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2875 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2877 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2883 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2885 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2886 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2887 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2889 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2890 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2891 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2894 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2895 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2896 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2897 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2899 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2900 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2902 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2907 /* Reset clipping. */
2908 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2912 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2915 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2917 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2918 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2919 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2923 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2927 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2933 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2934 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2937 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2939 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2940 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2944 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2947 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2949 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2951 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2952 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2953 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2955 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2956 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2958 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2960 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2961 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2962 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2964 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2965 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2966 redisplay, do it here. */
2967 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2968 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2971 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2978 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2980 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2981 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2983 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2986 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2987 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2990 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2992 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2993 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2994 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2996 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2997 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3001 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3003 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3004 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3008 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3010 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3011 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3013 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3015 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3019 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3025 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3026 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3027 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3030 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3031 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3032 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3033 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3034 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3035 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3036 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3040 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3041 pixels into background pixels. */
3045 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3046 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3047 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3049 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3050 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3054 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3055 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3056 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3057 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3058 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3059 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3060 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3064 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3065 edge it is next to. */
3066 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3068 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3069 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3072 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3073 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3080 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3082 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3083 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3085 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3087 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3088 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3089 width
, flash_height
);
3090 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3092 (height
- flash_height
3093 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3094 width
, flash_height
);
3098 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3099 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3100 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3101 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3106 struct timeval wakeup
;
3108 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3110 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3111 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3112 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3113 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3115 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3117 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3119 struct timeval current
;
3120 struct timeval timeout
;
3122 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3124 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3125 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3128 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3130 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3132 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3133 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3137 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3138 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3140 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3142 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3143 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3144 width
, flash_height
);
3145 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3147 (height
- flash_height
3148 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3149 width
, flash_height
);
3152 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3153 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3154 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3155 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3158 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3159 #undef XFillRectangle
3161 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3170 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3174 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3179 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3180 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3181 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3184 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3185 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3186 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3191 /* Make audible bell. */
3194 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3196 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3198 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3205 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3206 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3213 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3214 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3215 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3216 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3219 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3221 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3226 /***********************************************************************
3228 ***********************************************************************/
3230 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3231 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3234 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3240 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3243 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3245 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3246 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3248 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3249 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3251 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3253 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3254 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3255 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3259 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3260 line at the bottom. */
3261 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3262 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3264 height
= run
->height
;
3268 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3270 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3271 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3273 height
= run
->height
;
3278 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3282 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3283 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3284 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3294 /***********************************************************************
3296 ***********************************************************************/
3300 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3302 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3303 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3304 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3305 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3307 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3308 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3310 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3311 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3315 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3317 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3318 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3319 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3320 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3322 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3323 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3325 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3326 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3329 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3330 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3331 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3332 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3333 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3336 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3338 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3340 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3342 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3343 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3344 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3346 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3347 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3349 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3350 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3352 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3355 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3358 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3359 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3360 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3363 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3365 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3367 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3369 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3370 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3372 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3373 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3374 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3375 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3376 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3378 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3379 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3383 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3386 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3387 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3390 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3392 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3394 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3396 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3397 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3401 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3402 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3404 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3405 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3409 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3410 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3412 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3415 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3417 struct frame
*frame
;
3419 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3423 switch (event
->type
)
3428 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3430 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3432 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3433 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3434 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3435 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3437 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3443 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3444 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3445 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3446 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3450 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3452 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3453 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3454 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3461 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3464 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3466 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3469 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3470 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3471 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3473 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3474 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3475 the appropriate X display info. */
3478 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3480 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3484 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3486 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3488 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3490 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3491 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3492 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3493 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3494 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3496 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3497 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3501 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3503 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3506 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3507 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3508 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3514 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3516 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3518 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3520 int min_code
, max_code
;
3523 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3525 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3526 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3527 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3528 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3529 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3531 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3533 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3534 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3536 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3538 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3539 Alt keysyms are on. */
3541 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3542 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3544 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3546 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3547 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3549 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3551 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3555 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3559 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3561 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3567 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3568 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3573 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3574 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3579 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3580 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3581 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3582 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3587 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3588 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3589 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3590 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3594 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3595 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3596 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3597 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3598 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3607 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3608 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3610 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3611 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3614 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3615 make them just meta, not alt. */
3616 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3618 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3621 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3622 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3625 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3629 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3631 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3632 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3633 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3634 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3637 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3638 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3639 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3640 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3641 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3642 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3643 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3644 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3647 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3648 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3649 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3650 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3651 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3652 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3656 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3658 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3659 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3660 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3661 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3665 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3666 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3667 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3668 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3669 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3670 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3671 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3672 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3675 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3676 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3677 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3678 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3679 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3680 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3683 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3686 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3691 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3699 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3701 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3703 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3707 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3709 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3711 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3712 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3713 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3714 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3716 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3720 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3721 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3722 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3728 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3729 The input handler calls this.
3731 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3732 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3733 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3734 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3736 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3737 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3740 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3742 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3743 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3744 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3746 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3749 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3751 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3752 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3753 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3754 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3759 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3760 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3761 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3762 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3763 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3764 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3766 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3767 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3768 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3769 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3770 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3771 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3779 /************************************************************************
3781 ************************************************************************/
3784 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3786 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3787 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3788 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3789 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3790 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3795 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3796 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3798 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3799 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3800 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3801 position on the scroll bar.
3803 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3804 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3807 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3808 was at this position.
3810 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3812 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3816 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3822 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3823 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3829 Window dummy_window
;
3832 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3834 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3835 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3836 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3837 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3838 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3840 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3842 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3843 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3844 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3846 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3849 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3850 a different screen. */
3853 /* The position on that root window. */
3856 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3859 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3861 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3863 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3864 containing the pointer. */
3868 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3872 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3873 structure is changing at the same time this function
3874 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3876 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3878 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3879 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3881 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3882 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3883 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3885 /* From-window, to-window. */
3886 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3888 /* From-position, to-position. */
3889 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3893 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3899 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3901 /* From-window, to-window. */
3904 /* From-position, to-position. */
3905 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3910 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3913 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3914 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3915 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3916 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3917 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3925 /* Now we know that:
3926 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3927 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3928 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3929 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3930 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3931 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3932 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3933 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3934 never use them in that case.) */
3937 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3938 want the edit window. */
3939 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3941 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3942 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3945 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3946 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3949 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3950 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3952 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3955 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3958 x_uncatch_errors ();
3960 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3963 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3965 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3969 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3975 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3976 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3980 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3981 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3982 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3983 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3984 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3985 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3986 the frame are divided into. */
3988 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3989 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3994 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3995 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3996 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4006 /***********************************************************************
4008 ***********************************************************************/
4010 /* Scroll bar support. */
4012 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4014 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4017 static struct scroll_bar
*
4018 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4022 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4023 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4024 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4026 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4028 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4030 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4031 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4032 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4035 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4038 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4040 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4041 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4042 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4043 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4044 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4047 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4048 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4049 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4050 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4057 #if defined USE_LUCID
4059 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4060 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4063 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4067 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4069 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4071 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4072 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4074 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4082 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4085 /************************************************************************
4087 ************************************************************************/
4089 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4091 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4092 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4093 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4094 struct scroll_bar
*);
4095 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4099 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4100 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4102 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4104 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4106 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4108 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4109 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4112 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4114 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4116 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4118 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4119 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4120 to avoid jerkyness. */
4122 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4124 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4125 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4126 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4127 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4130 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4131 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4134 const char *end_action
;
4137 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4138 end_action
= "Release";
4139 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4140 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4141 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4142 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4145 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4146 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4150 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4151 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4152 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4154 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4156 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4157 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4158 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4160 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4161 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4163 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4164 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4167 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4169 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4170 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4172 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4173 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4176 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4177 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4178 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4179 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4182 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4185 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4186 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4187 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4192 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4193 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4194 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4195 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4196 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4199 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4200 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4201 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4202 into that array in the event. */
4203 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4204 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4207 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4209 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4210 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4211 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4213 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4215 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4216 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4219 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4220 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4221 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4222 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4223 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4224 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4226 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4227 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4228 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4229 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4232 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4233 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4234 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4235 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4240 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4244 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4246 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4251 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4252 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4254 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4255 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4257 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4258 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4261 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4263 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4265 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4266 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4267 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4268 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4269 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4275 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4277 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4280 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4281 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4282 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4285 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4287 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4288 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4289 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4293 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4294 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4295 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4298 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4299 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4300 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4303 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4304 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4308 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4309 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4310 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4314 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4315 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4318 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4320 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4327 /* Get the slider size. */
4329 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4332 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4333 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4334 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4335 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4339 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4345 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4346 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4347 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4351 #elif defined USE_GTK
4353 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4354 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4357 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4358 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4364 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4365 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4366 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4368 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4369 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4374 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4375 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4376 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4377 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4379 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4380 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4381 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4382 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4383 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4386 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4387 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4388 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4390 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4391 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4392 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4394 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4395 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4396 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4398 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4399 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4400 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4406 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4407 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4408 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4414 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4417 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4418 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4421 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4422 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4423 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4425 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4426 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4427 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4434 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4436 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4437 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4438 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4442 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4444 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4445 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4447 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4450 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4452 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4456 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4458 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4459 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4460 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4461 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4462 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4464 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4466 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4468 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4469 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4470 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4471 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4475 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4476 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4477 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4478 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4479 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4480 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4481 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4484 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4486 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4487 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4488 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4492 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4494 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4497 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4498 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4500 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4501 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4502 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4503 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4505 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4507 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4508 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4509 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4510 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4513 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4515 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4517 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4518 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4522 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4524 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4527 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4528 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4533 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4536 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4542 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4543 unsigned long pixel
;
4548 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4551 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4553 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4554 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4555 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4557 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4560 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4564 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4567 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4571 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4572 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4574 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4575 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4577 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4579 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4581 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4583 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4585 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4587 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4590 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4591 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4593 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4594 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4595 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4596 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4598 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4600 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4601 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4602 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4603 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4605 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4606 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4607 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4609 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4612 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4616 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4619 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4623 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4625 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4626 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4628 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4631 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4632 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4633 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4635 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4638 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4640 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4643 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4644 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4645 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4647 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4651 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4652 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4653 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4654 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4655 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4656 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4657 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4660 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4661 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4665 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4666 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4667 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4669 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4671 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4674 /* Specify the colors. */
4675 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4678 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4681 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4684 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4690 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4691 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4695 char *val
= initial
;
4696 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4697 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4698 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4700 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4701 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4702 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4703 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4704 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4705 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4709 /* Define callbacks. */
4710 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4711 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4714 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4715 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4717 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4719 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4720 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4721 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4722 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4724 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4725 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4726 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4727 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4731 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4734 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4735 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4739 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4741 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4744 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4746 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4749 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4750 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4757 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4758 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4759 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4760 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4761 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4762 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4763 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4764 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4765 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4766 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4767 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4768 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4769 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4770 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4777 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4778 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4781 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4785 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4786 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4788 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4789 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4790 size
= max (size
, 1);
4792 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4793 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4794 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4796 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4798 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4804 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4805 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4809 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4811 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4812 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4813 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4817 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4818 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4819 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4822 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4823 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4825 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4826 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4827 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4828 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4830 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4831 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4834 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4835 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4836 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4838 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4842 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4846 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4848 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4852 /************************************************************************
4853 Scroll bars, general
4854 ************************************************************************/
4856 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4857 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4858 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4861 static struct scroll_bar
*
4862 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4864 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4865 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4866 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4870 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4871 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4872 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4874 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4878 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4879 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4880 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4882 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4883 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4885 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4887 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4889 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4890 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4891 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4892 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4893 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4895 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4897 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4898 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4899 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4901 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4903 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4910 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4912 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4914 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4918 bar
->height
= height
;
4921 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4922 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4924 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4925 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4927 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4928 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4929 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4931 /* Map the window/widget. */
4932 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4935 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4938 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4939 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4941 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4942 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4943 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4944 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4946 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4947 max (height
, 1), 0);
4948 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4949 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4951 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4952 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4953 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4960 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4962 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4964 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4965 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4966 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4969 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4970 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4971 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4972 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4973 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4976 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4978 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4979 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4980 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4981 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4983 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4985 && start
== bar
->start
4992 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4993 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4994 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4996 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4997 the distance between start and end. */
4999 int length
= end
- start
;
5003 else if (start
> top_range
)
5005 end
= start
+ length
;
5009 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5013 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5017 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5018 if (end
> top_range
)
5021 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5022 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5023 that many pixels tall. */
5024 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5026 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5027 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5029 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5030 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5031 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5032 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5033 inside_width
, start
,
5036 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5037 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5038 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5039 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5041 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5042 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5043 /* x, y, width, height */
5044 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5045 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5046 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5048 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5049 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5050 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5051 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5053 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5054 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5055 if (end
< inside_height
)
5056 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5057 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5058 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5059 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5060 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5068 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5070 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5074 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5076 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5079 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5081 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5082 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5083 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5084 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5086 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5089 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5090 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5096 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5097 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5098 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5102 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5104 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5105 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5106 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5107 int window_y
, window_height
;
5108 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5109 int fringe_extended_p
;
5112 /* Get window dimensions. */
5113 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5115 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5116 height
= window_height
;
5118 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5119 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5121 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5122 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5123 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5124 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5128 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5129 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5130 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5131 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5133 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5135 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5136 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5141 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5142 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5143 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5144 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5145 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5146 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5148 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5149 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5150 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5151 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5154 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5155 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5157 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5160 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5161 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5162 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5163 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5166 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5167 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5171 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5175 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5176 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5178 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5182 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5184 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5186 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5188 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5191 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5193 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5194 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5196 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5197 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5198 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5200 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5201 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5202 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5204 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5205 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5208 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5211 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5212 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5214 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5215 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5216 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5218 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5219 max (height
, 1), 0);
5220 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5222 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5224 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5225 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5226 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5228 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5229 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5231 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5232 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5233 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5237 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5238 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5239 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5242 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5243 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5244 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5246 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5247 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5248 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5249 rest
, height
, False
);
5251 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5252 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5256 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5261 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5263 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5265 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5269 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5271 /* Remember new settings. */
5272 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5274 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5275 bar
->height
= height
;
5280 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5281 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5283 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5284 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5285 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5287 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5289 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5292 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5295 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5296 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5297 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5300 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5302 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5306 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5307 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5308 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5309 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5310 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5311 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5312 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5314 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5315 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5316 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5319 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5321 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5322 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5325 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5326 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5327 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5328 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5329 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5330 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5331 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5336 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5337 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5340 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5342 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5345 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5346 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5349 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5351 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5352 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5353 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5355 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5357 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5358 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5360 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5361 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5362 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5364 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5365 one or the other! */
5369 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5371 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5372 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5374 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5376 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5377 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5378 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5381 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5382 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5385 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5387 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5389 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5391 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5392 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5393 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5395 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5397 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5399 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5402 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5405 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5406 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5410 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5411 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5412 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5414 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5418 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5420 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5421 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5422 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5423 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5427 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5429 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5430 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5431 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5432 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5434 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5435 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5437 /* x, y, width, height */
5439 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5442 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5443 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5444 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5445 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5450 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5452 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5453 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5455 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5460 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5462 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5465 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5466 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5467 emacs_event
->modifiers
5468 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5469 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5470 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5471 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5474 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5475 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5476 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5479 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5480 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5483 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5486 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5487 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5488 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5490 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5492 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5493 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5494 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5495 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5497 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5498 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5500 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5501 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5505 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5506 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5510 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5512 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5514 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5518 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5520 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5522 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5525 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5527 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5528 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5530 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5531 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5533 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5535 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5537 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5542 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5544 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5545 on the scroll bar. */
5548 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5550 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5551 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5552 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5554 Window dummy_window
;
5556 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5560 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5562 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5564 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5565 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5566 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5568 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5571 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5577 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5579 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5581 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5582 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5586 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5590 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5592 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5593 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5594 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5595 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5596 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5597 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5599 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5601 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5602 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5605 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5608 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5614 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5615 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5616 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5620 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5622 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5625 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5626 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5627 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5628 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5629 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5630 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5631 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5632 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5634 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5638 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5640 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5641 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5642 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5643 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5645 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5646 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5648 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5650 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5651 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5653 static int temp_index
;
5654 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5656 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5657 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5659 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5661 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5662 on a particular display. */
5664 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5666 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5667 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5668 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5669 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5671 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5673 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5676 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5677 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5678 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5679 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5680 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5681 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5692 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5693 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5694 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5696 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5698 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5702 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5704 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5705 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5706 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5709 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5710 event
->xclient
.window
);
5712 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5717 static int current_count
;
5718 static int current_finish
;
5719 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5721 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5722 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5723 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5724 static GdkFilterReturn
5725 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5727 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5730 if (current_count
>= 0)
5732 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5734 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5737 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5738 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5739 so we do it here. */
5740 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5742 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5745 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5750 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5753 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5757 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5761 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5762 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5764 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5766 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5769 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5771 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5772 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5773 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5775 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5778 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5781 struct input_event ie
;
5782 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5787 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5788 struct coding_system coding
;
5789 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5790 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5792 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5794 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5795 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5798 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5799 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5805 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5806 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5807 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5809 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5810 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5812 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5813 could be the shell widget window
5814 if the frame has no title bar. */
5815 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5817 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5818 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5819 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5821 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5822 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5823 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5824 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5825 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5828 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5829 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5830 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5831 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5834 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5835 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5836 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5839 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5840 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5841 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5843 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5844 /* The ICCCM says this is
5845 the only valid choice. */
5847 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5848 /* This is needed to detect the error
5849 if there is an error. */
5851 x_uncatch_errors ();
5853 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5858 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5859 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5861 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5862 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5863 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5864 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5865 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5866 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5867 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5868 session manager and one for this. */
5870 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5873 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5874 event
.xclient
.window
);
5875 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5876 for a single Emacs process. */
5877 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5878 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5879 event
.xclient
.window
,
5880 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5882 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5883 event
.xclient
.window
,
5889 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5890 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5892 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5893 event
.xclient
.window
);
5895 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5897 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5898 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5905 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5906 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5911 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5912 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5915 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5917 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5918 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5922 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5929 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5930 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5932 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5934 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5938 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5940 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5941 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5942 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5943 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5945 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5946 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5947 currently never do because we are interested in
5948 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5949 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5950 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5953 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5954 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5958 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5959 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5960 we construct an input_event. */
5961 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5962 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5964 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5965 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5968 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5970 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5971 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5972 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5974 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5975 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5976 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5978 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5982 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5984 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5987 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5988 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5992 case SelectionNotify
:
5993 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5994 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5995 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5997 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5998 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6001 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6002 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6003 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6004 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6006 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6008 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6010 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6011 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6012 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6013 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6014 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6018 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6019 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6020 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6021 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6023 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6025 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6026 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6028 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6029 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6030 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6031 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6035 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6039 case PropertyNotify
:
6040 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6041 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6042 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6043 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6045 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6046 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6049 case ReparentNotify
:
6050 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6054 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6055 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6059 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6060 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6061 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6066 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6070 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6071 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6072 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6073 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6074 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6077 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6079 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6080 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6081 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6082 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6086 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6087 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6091 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6092 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6094 #if defined USE_LUCID
6095 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6096 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6097 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6100 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6102 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6104 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6106 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6107 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6109 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6110 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6111 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6114 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6115 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6118 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6119 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6123 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6124 source area was obscured or not
6126 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6130 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6131 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6132 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6134 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6137 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6140 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6141 source area was completely
6146 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6147 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6150 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6153 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6154 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6155 the frame was deleted. */
6157 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6158 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6159 display that won't ever be seen. */
6160 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6161 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6162 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6163 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6164 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6165 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6166 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6167 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6169 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6171 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6172 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6178 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6179 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6180 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6183 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6184 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6185 frame is visible. */
6186 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6189 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6190 the frame's display structures.
6191 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6192 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6193 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6194 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6195 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6196 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6198 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6199 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6200 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6201 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6203 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6204 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6205 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6209 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6210 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6212 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6213 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6214 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6215 to update the frame titles
6216 in case this is the second frame. */
6217 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6220 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6227 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6228 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6230 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6231 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6232 if (popup_activated ())
6236 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6238 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6239 mouse highlighting. */
6240 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6242 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6244 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6245 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6248 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6251 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6252 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6253 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6255 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6257 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6258 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6261 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6265 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6266 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6267 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6270 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6271 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6272 status_return even if the input is too long to
6273 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6274 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6275 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6276 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6277 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6278 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6279 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6281 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6285 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6286 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6287 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6289 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6293 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6294 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6295 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6297 /* This will have to go some day... */
6299 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6300 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6301 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6302 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6303 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6304 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6305 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6307 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6308 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6309 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6310 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6311 not it is combined with Meta. */
6312 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6313 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6318 Status status_return
;
6320 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6321 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6322 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6323 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6325 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6327 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6328 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6329 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6330 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6331 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6334 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6335 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6337 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6342 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6343 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6347 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6348 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6351 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6352 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6356 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6357 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6358 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6361 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6362 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6364 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6365 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6367 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6368 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6370 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6371 translations to characters. */
6372 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6373 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6375 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6376 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6380 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6381 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6383 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6384 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6386 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6387 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6391 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6392 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6393 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6397 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6398 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6399 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6400 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6404 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6405 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6406 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6407 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6408 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6409 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6411 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6412 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6414 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6415 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6416 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6417 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6418 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6419 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6421 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6422 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6424 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6425 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6427 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6428 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6460 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6461 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6462 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6463 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6464 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6465 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6466 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6467 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6468 don't have real modifiers but
6469 should be treated similarly to
6470 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6471 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6472 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6474 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6475 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6479 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6480 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6482 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6483 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6487 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6492 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6494 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6496 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6499 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6501 /* Decode the input data. */
6505 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6506 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6507 we used just above and the locale. */
6508 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6509 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6510 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6511 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6512 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6513 gives us composition information. */
6514 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6516 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6517 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6518 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6519 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6520 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6521 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6522 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6523 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6526 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6527 character events. */
6528 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6530 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6531 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6533 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6534 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6535 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6536 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6538 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6543 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6545 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6551 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6552 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6560 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6562 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6563 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6571 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6572 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6574 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6576 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6577 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6579 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6580 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6581 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6582 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6584 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6585 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6586 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6587 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6592 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6596 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6597 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6599 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6602 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6604 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6605 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6606 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6607 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6610 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6611 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6612 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6613 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6614 if (any_help_event_p
)
6618 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6619 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6620 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6625 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6630 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6631 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6632 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6634 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6635 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6636 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6638 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6640 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6642 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6643 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6647 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6653 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6654 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6655 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6659 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6660 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6663 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6664 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6665 will be selected only when it is active. */
6666 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6667 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6668 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6669 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6670 create event iff we don't leave the
6672 && (focus_follows_mouse
6673 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6674 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6676 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6677 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6682 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6683 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6687 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6688 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6689 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6690 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6693 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6694 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6696 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6697 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6698 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6701 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6702 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6703 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6704 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6709 case ConfigureNotify
:
6710 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6713 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6714 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6716 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6717 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6723 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6725 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6726 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6728 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6729 is called by the code that handles resizing
6730 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6732 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6733 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6734 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6735 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6736 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6737 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6738 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6740 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6741 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6742 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6745 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6746 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6747 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6751 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6752 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6753 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6754 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6757 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6761 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6762 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6771 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6772 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6775 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6776 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6777 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6779 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6781 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6782 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6784 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6787 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6792 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6793 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6794 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6797 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6798 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6800 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6801 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6803 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6805 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6806 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6807 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6808 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6813 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6814 if (! popup_activated ())
6817 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6819 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6820 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6822 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6823 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6825 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6826 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6829 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6831 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6832 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6833 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6837 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6838 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6839 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6841 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6842 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6844 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6846 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6847 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6849 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6851 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6852 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6855 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6857 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6858 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6861 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6864 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6866 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6867 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6868 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6872 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6873 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6874 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6875 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6876 Instead, save it away
6877 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6878 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6879 if (! popup_activated ()
6881 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6882 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6884 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6885 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6886 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6887 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6888 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6889 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6890 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6891 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6893 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6894 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6895 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6897 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6899 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6904 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6908 case CirculateNotify
:
6911 case CirculateRequest
:
6914 case VisibilityNotify
:
6918 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6920 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6922 case MappingModifier
:
6923 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6924 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6925 case MappingKeyboard
:
6926 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6931 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6938 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6939 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6941 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6946 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6948 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6953 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6958 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6964 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6965 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6966 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6970 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6971 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6981 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6982 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6983 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6985 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6987 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6989 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6990 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6992 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6995 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7001 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7002 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7003 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7005 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7006 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7007 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7010 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7013 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7017 int event_found
= 0;
7019 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7021 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7023 pending_signals
= 1;
7028 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7030 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7034 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7035 input_signal_count
++;
7040 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7041 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7043 struct input_event inev
;
7045 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7046 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7047 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7049 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7056 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7057 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7059 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7060 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7064 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7068 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7071 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7072 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7077 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7078 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7080 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7086 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7087 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7088 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7089 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7091 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7092 from all displays. */
7094 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7096 current_count
= count
;
7097 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7099 gtk_main_iteration ();
7101 count
= current_count
;
7103 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7105 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7108 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7112 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7113 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7116 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7117 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7118 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7120 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7124 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7125 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7127 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7129 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7130 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7134 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7136 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7137 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7139 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7140 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7152 /***********************************************************************
7154 ***********************************************************************/
7156 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7157 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7159 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7160 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7161 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7164 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7166 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7167 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7168 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7170 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7172 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7173 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7174 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7175 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7176 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7178 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7182 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7185 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7187 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7188 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7189 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7192 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7195 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7196 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7197 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7198 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7201 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7202 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7203 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7205 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7206 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7207 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7208 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7209 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7211 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7212 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7213 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7215 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7216 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7217 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7218 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7222 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7224 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7225 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7226 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7230 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7232 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7233 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7235 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7236 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7238 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7239 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7242 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7243 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7244 the bar might not be in the window. */
7245 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7247 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7248 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7249 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7253 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7254 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7255 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7256 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7257 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7260 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7261 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7262 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7263 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7264 that the glyph is legible. */
7265 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7266 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7268 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7269 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7272 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7275 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7276 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7279 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7281 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7283 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7286 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7287 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7289 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7291 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7292 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7293 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7294 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7296 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7297 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7298 width
, row
->height
);
7302 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7305 width
= row
->height
;
7307 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7309 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7310 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7312 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7313 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7314 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7315 row
->height
- width
),
7316 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7319 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7324 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7327 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7329 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7330 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7331 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7332 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7336 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7339 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7341 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7342 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7344 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7345 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7346 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7351 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7354 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7356 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7360 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7361 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7363 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7364 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7365 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7366 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7368 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7369 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7373 switch (cursor_type
)
7375 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7376 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7379 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7380 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7384 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7388 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7392 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7401 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7402 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7403 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7408 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7415 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7418 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7422 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7425 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7426 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7427 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7428 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7433 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7434 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7435 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7437 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7438 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7439 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7443 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7444 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7450 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7451 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7454 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7456 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7458 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7462 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7465 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7466 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7470 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7471 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7475 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7476 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7477 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7478 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7479 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7481 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7484 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7485 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7491 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7492 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7495 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7497 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7502 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7503 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7505 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7506 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7509 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7510 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7511 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7512 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7517 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7519 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7520 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7522 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7523 be called from a signal handler.
7526 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7527 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7529 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7531 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7533 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7534 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7535 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7538 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7540 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7541 x_error_message
->string
,
7542 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7545 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7546 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7549 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7550 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7551 stored in *x_error_message.
7553 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7554 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7556 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7558 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7561 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7563 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7565 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7569 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7570 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7571 x_error_message
= data
;
7574 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7575 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7578 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7580 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7584 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7585 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7586 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7587 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7589 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7590 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7595 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7596 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7597 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7600 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7602 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7605 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7607 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7608 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7609 x_uncatch_errors ();
7610 error (format
, string
);
7614 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7615 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7618 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7620 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7623 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7626 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7629 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7631 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7634 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7635 * idea. --lorentey */
7636 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7639 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7641 while (x_error_message
)
7642 x_uncatch_errors ();
7646 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7649 x_catching_errors (void)
7651 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7655 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7658 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7663 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7664 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7665 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7666 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7667 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7670 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7671 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7674 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7675 must reestablish each time */
7676 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7681 /************************************************************************
7683 ************************************************************************/
7685 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7687 static char *error_msg
;
7689 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7690 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7691 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7694 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7696 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7700 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7701 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7704 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7707 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7708 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7710 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7711 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7712 handling_signal
= 0;
7714 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7715 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7716 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7717 the original message here. */
7718 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7720 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7721 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7725 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7727 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7728 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7731 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7732 that are on the dead display. */
7733 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7735 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7737 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7738 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7739 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7740 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7741 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7742 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7745 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7746 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7747 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7748 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7749 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7750 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7752 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7753 trying to find a replacement. */
7754 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7755 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7758 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7759 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7762 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7763 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7764 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7765 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7767 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7768 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7769 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7771 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7772 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7774 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7775 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7776 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7777 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7778 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7779 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7780 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7783 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7784 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7785 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7786 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7787 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7788 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7789 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7790 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7791 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7794 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7796 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7797 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7799 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7800 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7801 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7802 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7807 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7808 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7812 x_uncatch_errors ();
7814 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7816 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7817 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7821 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7823 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7825 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7826 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7828 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7829 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7830 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7831 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7832 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7833 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7836 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7837 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7838 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7840 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7841 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7844 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7846 if (x_error_message
)
7847 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7849 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7853 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7854 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7855 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7857 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7859 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7860 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7862 static void NO_INLINE
7863 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7865 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7867 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7868 or colors that are not defined. */
7870 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7873 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7874 original error handler. */
7876 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7877 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7878 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7879 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7883 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7884 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7885 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7888 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7892 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7893 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7897 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7899 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7900 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7901 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7905 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7907 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7910 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7911 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7912 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7913 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7917 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7918 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7919 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7920 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7921 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7923 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7925 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7926 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7928 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7929 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7930 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7934 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7935 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7938 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7940 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7941 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7942 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7943 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7944 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7949 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7952 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7961 /***********************************************************************
7963 ***********************************************************************/
7969 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7970 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7971 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7974 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7976 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7977 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7981 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7982 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7984 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7985 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7987 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7988 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7992 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7993 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7994 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7998 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8001 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8002 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8005 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8006 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8009 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8017 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8018 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8025 XIMCallback destroy
;
8028 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8029 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8032 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8033 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8034 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8040 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8041 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8045 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8047 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8048 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8049 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8050 when the callback was registered. */
8053 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8055 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8056 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8058 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8062 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8064 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8065 as they have no XIC. */
8066 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8068 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8071 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8073 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8076 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8077 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8079 create_frame_xic (f
);
8080 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8081 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8082 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8084 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8085 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8094 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8097 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8098 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8099 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8100 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8103 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8105 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8109 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8110 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8113 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8114 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8115 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8116 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8117 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8118 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8119 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8120 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8121 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8122 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8123 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8124 least, hence the configure test. */
8125 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8126 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8127 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8128 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8130 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8134 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8137 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8142 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8143 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8144 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8146 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8147 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8148 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8149 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8150 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8151 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8152 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8153 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8155 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8158 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8162 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8163 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8166 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8168 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8170 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8171 is already for the top-left corner. */
8172 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8175 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8176 position that fits on the screen. */
8177 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8178 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8179 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8182 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8184 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8185 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8186 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8188 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8189 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8190 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8191 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8194 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8195 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8197 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8200 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8201 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8202 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8205 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8206 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8207 so the flags should correspond. */
8208 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8211 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8212 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8213 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8214 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8215 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8218 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8220 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8222 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8224 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8225 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8229 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8231 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8233 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8234 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8236 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8239 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8241 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8242 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8244 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8246 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8247 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8248 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8249 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8250 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8253 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8254 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8256 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8257 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8260 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8261 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8262 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8263 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8266 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8267 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8268 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8270 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8271 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8272 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8273 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8274 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8275 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8280 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8281 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8282 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8283 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8284 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8287 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8290 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8291 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8292 Window wmcheck_window
;
8293 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8294 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8295 long max_len
= 65536;
8296 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8297 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8298 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8302 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8303 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8304 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8305 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8306 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8307 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8309 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8311 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8312 x_uncatch_errors ();
8317 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8320 /* Check if window exists. */
8321 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8323 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8325 x_uncatch_errors ();
8330 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8332 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8333 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8334 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8335 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8336 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8337 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8339 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8341 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8342 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8343 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8344 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8345 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8347 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8349 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8350 x_uncatch_errors ();
8355 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8356 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8357 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8362 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8363 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8365 x_uncatch_errors ();
8372 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8374 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8376 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8379 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8381 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8383 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8385 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8390 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8393 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8395 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8397 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8398 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8401 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8402 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8403 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8406 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8412 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8413 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8414 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8415 long max_len
= 65536;
8416 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8417 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8418 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8421 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8424 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8425 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8426 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8427 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8428 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8430 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8432 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8433 x_uncatch_errors ();
8438 x_uncatch_errors ();
8440 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8442 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8443 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8445 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8446 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8448 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8450 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8452 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8453 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8455 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8457 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8458 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8459 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8463 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8467 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8470 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8472 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8473 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8474 Lisp_Object lval
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
8477 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8479 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8480 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8482 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8484 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8488 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8490 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8491 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8492 are sent at once. */
8493 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8495 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8496 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8497 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8498 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8499 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8500 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8502 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8503 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8504 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8505 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8506 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8507 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8508 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8510 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8511 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8512 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8513 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8515 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8518 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8519 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8520 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8521 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8522 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8524 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8525 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8526 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8528 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8532 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8536 return have_net_atom
;
8540 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8542 if (f
->async_visible
)
8545 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8553 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8555 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8559 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8563 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8566 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8569 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8572 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8577 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8578 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8581 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8582 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8584 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8586 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8589 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8590 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8592 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8594 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8595 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8597 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8599 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8600 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8601 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8602 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8603 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8605 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8606 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8608 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8609 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8612 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8614 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8615 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8616 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8621 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8622 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8623 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8624 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8625 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8626 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8627 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8630 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8632 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8634 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8635 window manager window around the frame. */
8637 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8639 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8641 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8646 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8647 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8648 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8650 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8652 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8653 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8655 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8656 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8658 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8661 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8662 frame's position. */
8664 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8668 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8669 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8670 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8671 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8672 of an exact comparison. */
8675 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8679 while (count
++ < 50)
8681 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8683 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8684 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8687 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8688 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8692 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8695 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8696 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8699 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8703 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8704 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8706 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8710 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8712 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8714 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8717 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8718 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8720 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8721 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8723 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8724 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8725 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8726 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8727 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8729 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8731 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8732 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8733 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8735 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8740 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8741 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8743 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8744 break; /* Timeout */
8746 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8747 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8751 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8752 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8753 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8754 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8757 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8759 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8761 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8762 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8763 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8765 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8767 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8769 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8770 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8771 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8772 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8774 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8775 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8776 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8777 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8780 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8781 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8782 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8783 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8784 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8786 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8787 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8788 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8789 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8791 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8792 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8793 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8794 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8795 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8797 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8800 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8801 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8802 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8803 if (f
->async_visible
)
8804 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8807 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8808 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8809 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8815 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8816 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8817 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8818 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8821 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8825 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8829 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8830 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8831 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8832 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8833 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8834 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8835 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8836 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8837 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8838 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8840 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8842 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8843 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8844 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8845 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8846 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8847 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8848 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8852 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8853 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8855 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8856 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8858 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8860 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8862 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8863 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8865 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8866 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8867 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8868 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8869 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8874 /* Mouse warping. */
8877 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8881 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8882 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8884 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8885 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8887 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8888 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8892 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8893 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8897 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8900 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8904 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8905 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8909 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8912 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8915 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8916 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8917 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8918 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8919 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8924 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8927 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8928 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8929 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8930 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8934 /* Raise frame F. */
8937 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8940 if (f
->async_visible
)
8941 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8943 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8947 /* Lower frame F. */
8950 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8952 if (f
->async_visible
)
8955 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8956 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8961 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8964 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8966 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8967 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8970 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8973 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8974 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8975 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8977 Fcons (make_number (1),
8978 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8984 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8992 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8995 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8998 unsigned long data
[2];
8999 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9001 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9004 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9005 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9006 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9010 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9014 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9015 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9016 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9017 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9018 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9019 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9020 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9021 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9022 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9024 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9025 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9026 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9029 /* Change of visibility. */
9031 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9032 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9033 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9034 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9035 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9036 finishes with it. */
9039 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9042 int original_top
, original_left
;
9043 int retry_count
= 2;
9049 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9051 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9053 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9055 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9056 call x_set_offset a second time
9057 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9058 before the window gets really visible. */
9059 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9060 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9061 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9062 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9064 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9066 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9067 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9068 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9069 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9070 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9073 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9074 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9076 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9078 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9079 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9081 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9082 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9084 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9085 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9086 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9089 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9091 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9092 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9093 so that incoming events are handled. */
9097 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9098 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9099 will set it when they are handled. */
9100 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9102 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9103 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9105 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9108 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9110 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9111 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9112 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9113 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9115 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9116 because the window manager may choose the position
9117 and we don't want to override it. */
9119 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9120 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9121 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9122 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9123 && previously_visible
)
9127 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9131 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9132 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9133 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9134 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9135 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9136 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9137 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9138 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9139 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9141 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9142 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9143 original_left
, original_top
);
9148 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9150 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9151 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9152 MapNotify at all.. */
9153 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9154 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9156 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9159 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9160 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9161 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9162 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9163 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9165 if (input_polling_used ())
9167 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9168 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9169 handler reset it. */
9170 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9171 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9172 poll_for_input_1 ();
9173 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9176 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9177 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9182 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9186 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9187 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9188 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9189 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9191 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9196 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9198 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9201 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9205 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9206 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9208 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9209 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9210 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9214 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9215 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9216 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9217 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9218 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9219 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9222 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9223 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9226 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9227 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9232 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9233 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9235 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9236 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9240 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9241 just by the event that we get from the server.
9242 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9243 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9244 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9246 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9247 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9248 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9255 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9258 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9263 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9264 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9265 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9267 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9272 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9274 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9276 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9279 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9281 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9282 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9284 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9287 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9288 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9294 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9296 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9298 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9299 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9300 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9301 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9302 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9303 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9304 so we have to record it here. */
9307 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9308 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9313 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9314 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9315 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9319 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9321 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9322 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9326 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9328 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9330 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9331 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9332 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9333 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9334 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9335 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9337 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9338 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9340 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9341 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9345 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9346 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9347 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9348 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9349 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9351 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9352 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9354 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9357 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9358 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9362 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9364 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9366 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9368 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9369 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9372 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9373 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9375 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9377 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9381 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9384 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9386 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9388 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9389 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9393 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9394 commands to the X server. */
9395 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9397 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9398 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9400 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9401 free_frame_faces (f
);
9403 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9404 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9407 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9408 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9409 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9410 toolkit scroll bars. */
9411 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9413 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9414 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9423 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9426 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9427 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9429 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9430 we are using a toolkit. */
9431 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9432 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9434 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9435 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9438 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9439 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9441 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9442 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9443 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9445 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9446 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9447 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9448 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9449 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9450 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9453 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9455 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9456 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9457 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9459 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9460 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9461 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9462 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9464 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9465 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9466 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9469 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9472 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9473 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9474 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9476 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9477 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9478 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9479 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9480 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9481 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9483 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9485 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9486 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9487 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9488 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9489 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9490 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9491 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9498 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9501 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9505 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9506 commands to the X server. */
9507 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9508 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9510 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9514 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9516 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9517 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9518 that the window now has.
9519 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9520 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9521 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9525 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9527 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9528 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9530 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9531 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9533 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9534 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9536 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9537 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9539 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9540 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9541 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9542 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9543 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9544 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9546 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9548 int base_width
, base_height
;
9549 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9551 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9552 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9554 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9556 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9557 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9558 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9559 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9560 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9562 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9563 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9564 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9566 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9567 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9568 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9569 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9570 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9573 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9576 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9581 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9582 long supplied_return
;
9585 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9589 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9594 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9596 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9598 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9599 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9600 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9601 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9608 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9609 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9613 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9614 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9616 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9618 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9620 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9622 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9625 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9627 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9630 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9631 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9632 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9633 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9636 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9638 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9639 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9643 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9645 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9647 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9648 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9653 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9654 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9655 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9656 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9660 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9668 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9672 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9676 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9677 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9678 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9679 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9682 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9684 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9685 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9687 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9691 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9693 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9695 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9696 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9697 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9699 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9703 /***********************************************************************
9705 ***********************************************************************/
9709 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9713 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9717 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9718 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9719 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9722 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9725 /***********************************************************************
9727 ***********************************************************************/
9729 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9730 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9731 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9732 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9734 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9735 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9736 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9738 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9739 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9740 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9741 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9742 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9743 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9744 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9747 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9749 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9751 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9753 static int x_initialized
;
9756 static int x_session_initialized
;
9759 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9760 the screen number from the server number. */
9762 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9765 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9766 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9767 int length_until_period
= 0;
9769 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9770 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9771 length_until_period
++;
9773 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9774 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9776 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9778 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9779 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9780 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9781 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9782 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9783 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9784 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9785 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9786 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9787 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9788 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9789 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9790 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9791 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9793 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9797 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9801 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9802 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9805 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9806 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9809 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9830 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9831 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9834 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9839 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9841 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9849 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9851 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9852 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9856 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9857 the structure that describes the open display.
9858 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9860 struct x_display_info
*
9861 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9865 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9866 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9868 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9878 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9879 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9885 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9886 char **argv2
= argv
;
9889 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9891 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9895 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9896 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9898 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9902 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9904 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9906 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9907 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9910 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9911 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9913 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9915 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9916 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9917 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9918 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9919 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9920 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9922 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9926 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9928 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9929 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9931 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9933 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9934 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9936 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9937 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9939 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9940 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9943 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9944 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9947 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9949 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9951 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9952 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9953 So let's not use it until R6. */
9955 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9966 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9967 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9969 turn_on_atimers (0);
9970 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9971 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9972 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9974 turn_on_atimers (1);
9977 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9982 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9983 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9984 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9985 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9986 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9988 /* Detect failure. */
9995 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9997 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9998 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9999 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10001 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10004 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10007 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10008 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10009 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10010 SDATA (display_name
)))
10013 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10016 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10017 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10018 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10020 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10021 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10022 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10023 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10024 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10026 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10028 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10030 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10031 list of terminals. */
10032 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10033 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10034 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10035 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10037 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10038 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10040 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10041 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10042 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10044 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10045 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10049 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10050 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10051 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10052 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10053 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10055 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10058 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10059 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10060 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10062 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10063 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10064 x_display_name_list
);
10065 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10067 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10069 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10070 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10071 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10072 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10075 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10079 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10080 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10082 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10083 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10085 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10086 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10088 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10090 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10091 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10092 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10094 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10095 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10097 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10098 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10099 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10100 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10102 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10104 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10106 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10108 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10109 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10110 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10111 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10112 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10113 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10114 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10115 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10116 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10117 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10118 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10121 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10122 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10123 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10124 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10125 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10126 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10127 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10131 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10132 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10133 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10134 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10135 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10137 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10138 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10141 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10143 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10144 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10145 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10146 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10147 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10148 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10151 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10152 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10154 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10157 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10158 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10159 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10161 if (STRINGP (value
)
10162 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10163 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10164 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10168 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10169 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10173 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10174 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10175 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10176 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10177 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10179 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10181 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10182 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10186 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10188 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10189 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10190 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10191 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10192 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10193 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10194 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10195 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10196 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10205 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10206 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10207 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10208 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10209 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10210 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10211 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10212 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10213 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10214 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10215 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10216 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10217 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10218 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10219 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10220 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10221 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10222 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10223 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10224 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10225 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10226 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10227 /* For properties of font. */
10228 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10229 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10230 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10231 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10232 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10233 /* Ghostscript support. */
10234 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10235 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10236 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10237 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10239 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10240 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10241 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10242 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10243 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10244 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10245 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10246 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10247 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10248 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10249 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10250 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10251 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10252 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10253 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10254 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10255 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10256 /* Session management */
10257 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10258 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10259 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10263 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10264 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10265 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10266 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10267 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10268 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10270 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10271 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10273 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10274 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10275 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10276 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10278 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10279 False
, atoms_return
);
10281 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10282 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10284 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10287 xfree (atom_names
);
10288 xfree (atoms_return
);
10291 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10292 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10293 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10294 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10296 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10297 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10298 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10300 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10301 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10305 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10307 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10308 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10312 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10315 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10317 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10318 if (connection
!= 0)
10319 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10322 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10323 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10326 if (interrupt_input
)
10327 init_sigio (connection
);
10328 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10332 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10333 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10336 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10337 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10338 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10339 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10340 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10341 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10342 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10343 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10345 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10346 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10347 x_uncatch_errors ();
10351 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10352 for debugging X code. */
10355 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10356 build_string ("synchronous"),
10357 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10359 if (STRINGP (value
)
10360 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10361 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10362 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10367 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10368 build_string ("useXIM"),
10369 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10372 if (STRINGP (value
)
10373 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10374 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10377 if (STRINGP (value
)
10378 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10379 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10385 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10386 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10388 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10389 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10397 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10398 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10401 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10403 struct terminal
*t
;
10405 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10407 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10408 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10411 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10412 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10413 x_session_close ();
10415 delete_terminal (t
);
10419 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10421 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10422 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10423 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10424 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10425 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10430 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10431 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10433 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10435 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10438 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10442 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10443 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10445 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10446 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10449 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10451 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10452 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10453 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10456 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10457 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10458 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10462 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10464 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10465 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10466 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10467 that slows us down. */
10470 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10473 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10474 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10476 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10477 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10478 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10479 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10484 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10485 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10486 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10487 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10488 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10489 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10490 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10493 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10496 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10498 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10500 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10501 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10502 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10507 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10510 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10512 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10514 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10516 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10520 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10522 x_after_update_window_line
,
10523 x_update_window_begin
,
10524 x_update_window_end
,
10530 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10532 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10533 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10534 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10535 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10536 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10537 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10538 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10539 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10540 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10541 x_clear_frame_area
,
10542 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10543 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10544 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10548 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10550 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10552 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10554 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10555 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10556 if (!terminal
->name
)
10561 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10564 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10567 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10568 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10569 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10571 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10572 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10574 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10575 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10576 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10577 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10579 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10580 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10581 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10582 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10583 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10584 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10585 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10586 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10587 leaks in other situations. */
10589 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10590 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10592 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10594 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10595 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10596 closing all the displays. */
10597 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10601 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10603 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10604 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10606 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10608 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10611 /* Mark as dead. */
10612 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10613 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10617 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10618 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10620 static struct terminal
*
10621 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10623 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10625 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10627 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10628 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10629 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10631 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10633 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10634 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10635 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10636 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10637 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10638 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10639 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10640 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10641 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10642 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10643 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10644 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10645 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10646 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10647 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10648 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10649 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10650 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10651 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10652 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10654 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10655 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10657 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10658 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10659 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10660 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10661 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10662 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10669 x_initialize (void)
10674 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10675 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10676 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10678 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10682 current_count
= -1;
10685 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10686 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10688 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10689 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10691 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10693 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10694 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10695 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10696 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10697 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10698 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10699 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10701 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10704 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10706 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10707 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10711 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10712 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10713 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10715 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10716 original error handler. */
10717 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10718 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10720 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10722 xgselect_initialize ();
10727 syms_of_xterm (void)
10729 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10731 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10732 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10734 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10735 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10737 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10738 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10740 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10741 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10743 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10744 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10747 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10748 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10750 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10751 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10754 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10755 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10756 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10757 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10758 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10759 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10760 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10762 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10764 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10765 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10766 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10767 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10768 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10769 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10770 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10772 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10773 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10774 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10775 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10776 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10777 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10778 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10779 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10780 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10782 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10783 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10784 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10785 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10786 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10787 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10788 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10790 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10791 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10792 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10794 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10796 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10799 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10802 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10803 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10805 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10806 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10807 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10808 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10809 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10810 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10811 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10812 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10813 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10815 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10816 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10817 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10818 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10819 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10820 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10822 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10823 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10824 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10825 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10826 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10827 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10829 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10830 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10831 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10832 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10833 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10834 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10836 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10837 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10838 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10839 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10840 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10841 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10843 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10844 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10845 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10846 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10847 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10851 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */